korg/linux
0
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://mirrors.bfsu.edu.cn/git/linux.git synced 2024-12-25 12:04:46 +08:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
3bf6f01398
linux/net/mac80211/trace.h

2902 lines
61 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2017-11-01 22:07:57 +08:00
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 05:46:14 +08:00
/*
* Portions of this file
mac80211: notify driver on subsequent CSA beacons Some drivers may want to track further the CSA beacons, for example to compensate for buggy APs that change the beacon count or quiet mode during CSA flow. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 19:17:15 +08:00
* Copyright(c) 2016-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 18:41:55 +08:00
* Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 Intel Corporation
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 05:46:14 +08:00
*/
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
#if !defined(__MAC80211_DRIVER_TRACE) || defined(TRACE_HEADER_MULTI_READ)
#define __MAC80211_DRIVER_TRACE
#include <linux/tracepoint.h>
#include <net/mac80211.h>
#include "ieee80211_i.h"
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM mac80211
#define MAXNAME 32
#define LOCAL_ENTRY __array(char, wiphy_name, 32)
#define LOCAL_ASSIGN strlcpy(__entry->wiphy_name, wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy), MAXNAME)
#define LOCAL_PR_FMT "%s"
#define LOCAL_PR_ARG __entry->wiphy_name
#define STA_ENTRY __array(char, sta_addr, ETH_ALEN)
mac80211: use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address Use eth_zero_addr() to clear mac address instead of memset(). Signed-off-by: Miaohe Lin <linmiaohe@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1596273158-24183-1-git-send-email-linmiaohe@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-08-01 17:12:38 +08:00
#define STA_ASSIGN (sta ? memcpy(__entry->sta_addr, sta->addr, ETH_ALEN) : \
eth_zero_addr(__entry->sta_addr))
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-10 00:50:20 +08:00
#define STA_NAMED_ASSIGN(s) memcpy(__entry->sta_addr, (s)->addr, ETH_ALEN)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
#define STA_PR_FMT " sta:%pM"
#define STA_PR_ARG __entry->sta_addr
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 20:58:23 +08:00
#define VIF_ENTRY __field(enum nl80211_iftype, vif_type) __field(void *, sdata) \
__field(bool, p2p) \
mac80211: fix vif name tracing If sdata doesn't have a valid dev (e.g. in case of monitor vif), the vif_name field was initialized with (a length of) some short string, but later was set to a different, potentially larger one. This resulted in out-of-bounds write, which usually appeared as garbage in the trace log. Simply trace sdata->name, as it should always have the correct name for both cases. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-26 20:46:35 +08:00
__string(vif_name, sdata->name)
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 20:58:23 +08:00
#define VIF_ASSIGN __entry->vif_type = sdata->vif.type; __entry->sdata = sdata; \
__entry->p2p = sdata->vif.p2p; \
mac80211: fix vif name tracing If sdata doesn't have a valid dev (e.g. in case of monitor vif), the vif_name field was initialized with (a length of) some short string, but later was set to a different, potentially larger one. This resulted in out-of-bounds write, which usually appeared as garbage in the trace log. Simply trace sdata->name, as it should always have the correct name for both cases. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-26 20:46:35 +08:00
__assign_str(vif_name, sdata->name)
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 20:58:23 +08:00
#define VIF_PR_FMT " vif:%s(%d%s)"
#define VIF_PR_ARG __get_str(vif_name), __entry->vif_type, __entry->p2p ? "/p2p" : ""
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 23:26:57 +08:00
#define CHANDEF_ENTRY __field(u32, control_freq) \
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__field(u32, freq_offset) \
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 23:26:57 +08:00
__field(u32, chan_width) \
__field(u32, center_freq1) \
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__field(u32, freq1_offset) \
mac80211: split out chandef tracing macros Some new APIs will require tracing a chandef without it being part of a channel context, so separate out the tracing macros for that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-21 19:36:33 +08:00
__field(u32, center_freq2)
mac80211: allow null chandef in tracing In TDLS channel-switch operations the chandef can sometimes be NULL. Avoid an oops in the trace code for these cases and just print a chandef full of zeros. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: a7a6bdd0670fe ("mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops") Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-25 16:59:41 +08:00
#define CHANDEF_ASSIGN(c) \
__entry->control_freq = (c) ? ((c)->chan ? (c)->chan->center_freq : 0) : 0; \
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__entry->freq_offset = (c) ? ((c)->chan ? (c)->chan->freq_offset : 0) : 0; \
mac80211: allow null chandef in tracing In TDLS channel-switch operations the chandef can sometimes be NULL. Avoid an oops in the trace code for these cases and just print a chandef full of zeros. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: a7a6bdd0670fe ("mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops") Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-25 16:59:41 +08:00
__entry->chan_width = (c) ? (c)->width : 0; \
__entry->center_freq1 = (c) ? (c)->center_freq1 : 0; \
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__entry->freq1_offset = (c) ? (c)->freq1_offset : 0; \
mac80211: allow null chandef in tracing In TDLS channel-switch operations the chandef can sometimes be NULL. Avoid an oops in the trace code for these cases and just print a chandef full of zeros. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: a7a6bdd0670fe ("mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops") Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-25 16:59:41 +08:00
__entry->center_freq2 = (c) ? (c)->center_freq2 : 0;
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
#define CHANDEF_PR_FMT " control:%d.%03d MHz width:%d center: %d.%03d/%d MHz"
#define CHANDEF_PR_ARG __entry->control_freq, __entry->freq_offset, __entry->chan_width, \
__entry->center_freq1, __entry->freq1_offset, __entry->center_freq2
mac80211: split out chandef tracing macros Some new APIs will require tracing a chandef without it being part of a channel context, so separate out the tracing macros for that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-21 19:36:33 +08:00
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-12 02:14:01 +08:00
#define MIN_CHANDEF_ENTRY \
__field(u32, min_control_freq) \
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__field(u32, min_freq_offset) \
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-12 02:14:01 +08:00
__field(u32, min_chan_width) \
__field(u32, min_center_freq1) \
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__field(u32, min_freq1_offset) \
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-12 02:14:01 +08:00
__field(u32, min_center_freq2)
#define MIN_CHANDEF_ASSIGN(c) \
__entry->min_control_freq = (c)->chan ? (c)->chan->center_freq : 0; \
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__entry->min_freq_offset = (c)->chan ? (c)->chan->freq_offset : 0; \
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-12 02:14:01 +08:00
__entry->min_chan_width = (c)->width; \
__entry->min_center_freq1 = (c)->center_freq1; \
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__entry->freq1_offset = (c)->freq1_offset; \
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-12 02:14:01 +08:00
__entry->min_center_freq2 = (c)->center_freq2;
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
#define MIN_CHANDEF_PR_FMT " min_control:%d.%03d MHz min_width:%d min_center: %d.%03d/%d MHz"
#define MIN_CHANDEF_PR_ARG __entry->min_control_freq, __entry->min_freq_offset, \
__entry->min_chan_width, \
__entry->min_center_freq1, __entry->min_freq1_offset, \
__entry->min_center_freq2
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-12 02:14:01 +08:00
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 23:26:57 +08:00
#define CHANCTX_ENTRY CHANDEF_ENTRY \
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-12 02:14:01 +08:00
MIN_CHANDEF_ENTRY \
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 23:26:57 +08:00
__field(u8, rx_chains_static) \
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 20:34:12 +08:00
__field(u8, rx_chains_dynamic)
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 23:26:57 +08:00
#define CHANCTX_ASSIGN CHANDEF_ASSIGN(&ctx->conf.def) \
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-12 02:14:01 +08:00
MIN_CHANDEF_ASSIGN(&ctx->conf.min_def) \
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 23:26:57 +08:00
__entry->rx_chains_static = ctx->conf.rx_chains_static; \
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 20:34:12 +08:00
__entry->rx_chains_dynamic = ctx->conf.rx_chains_dynamic
mac80211: add min required channel definition field Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate the min required channel configuration. Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing the noise level and saving some power. The min required channel definition is the max of all min required channel definitions of the interfaces bound to this channel context. In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station. When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when 80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected). In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the min required chandef. Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-12 02:14:01 +08:00
#define CHANCTX_PR_FMT CHANDEF_PR_FMT MIN_CHANDEF_PR_FMT " chains:%d/%d"
#define CHANCTX_PR_ARG CHANDEF_PR_ARG, MIN_CHANDEF_PR_ARG, \
mac80211: track needed RX chains for channel contexts On each channel that the device is operating on, it may need to listen using one or more chains depending on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The previous channel context changes completely removed this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS mode). Add per-context tracking of the required static and dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes. To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used on each virtual interface and update the channel context whenever this changes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-11 20:34:12 +08:00
__entry->rx_chains_static, __entry->rx_chains_dynamic
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 20:37:17 +08:00
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
#define KEY_ENTRY __field(u32, cipher) \
__field(u8, hw_key_idx) \
__field(u8, flags) \
__field(s8, keyidx)
#define KEY_ASSIGN(k) __entry->cipher = (k)->cipher; \
__entry->flags = (k)->flags; \
__entry->keyidx = (k)->keyidx; \
__entry->hw_key_idx = (k)->hw_key_idx;
#define KEY_PR_FMT " cipher:0x%x, flags=%#x, keyidx=%d, hw_key_idx=%d"
#define KEY_PR_ARG __entry->cipher, __entry->flags, __entry->keyidx, __entry->hw_key_idx
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 22:06:04 +08:00
#define AMPDU_ACTION_ENTRY __field(enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action, \
ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action) \
STA_ENTRY \
__field(u16, tid) \
__field(u16, ssn) \
mac80211: add support for HE Add support for HE in mac80211 conforming with P802.11ax_D1.4. Johannes: Fix another bug with the buf_size comparison in agg-rx.c. Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-06-09 14:14:44 +08:00
__field(u16, buf_size) \
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 22:06:04 +08:00
__field(bool, amsdu) \
mac80211: add the action to the drv_ampdu_action tracepoint It is very useful to know what ampdu action is currently happening. Add this information to the tracepoint. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-06-10 18:52:46 +08:00
__field(u16, timeout) \
__field(u16, action)
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 22:06:04 +08:00
#define AMPDU_ACTION_ASSIGN STA_NAMED_ASSIGN(params->sta); \
__entry->tid = params->tid; \
__entry->ssn = params->ssn; \
__entry->buf_size = params->buf_size; \
__entry->amsdu = params->amsdu; \
mac80211: add the action to the drv_ampdu_action tracepoint It is very useful to know what ampdu action is currently happening. Add this information to the tracepoint. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-06-10 18:52:46 +08:00
__entry->timeout = params->timeout; \
__entry->action = params->action;
#define AMPDU_ACTION_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " tid %d, ssn %d, buf_size %u, amsdu %d, timeout %d action %d"
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 22:06:04 +08:00
#define AMPDU_ACTION_PR_ARG STA_PR_ARG, __entry->tid, __entry->ssn, \
mac80211: add the action to the drv_ampdu_action tracepoint It is very useful to know what ampdu action is currently happening. Add this information to the tracepoint. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-06-10 18:52:46 +08:00
__entry->buf_size, __entry->amsdu, __entry->timeout, \
__entry->action
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 20:37:17 +08:00
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
/*
* Tracing for driver callbacks.
*/
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(local_only_evt,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(LOCAL_PR_FMT, LOCAL_PR_ARG)
);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(local_sdata_addr_evt,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
net:drivers/net: Miscellaneous conversions to ETH_ALEN Convert the memset/memcpy uses of 6 to ETH_ALEN where appropriate. Also convert some struct definitions and u8 array declarations of [6] to ETH_ALEN. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-10-02 10:04:40 +08:00
__array(char, addr, ETH_ALEN)
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
net:drivers/net: Miscellaneous conversions to ETH_ALEN Convert the memset/memcpy uses of 6 to ETH_ALEN where appropriate. Also convert some struct definitions and u8 array declarations of [6] to ETH_ALEN. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-10-02 10:04:40 +08:00
memcpy(__entry->addr, sdata->vif.addr, ETH_ALEN);
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " addr:%pM",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->addr
)
);
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(local_u32_evt,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 value),
TP_ARGS(local, value),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u32, value)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->value = value;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " value:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->value
)
);
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 22:09:36 +08:00
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(local_sdata_evt,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, drv_return_void,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local)
);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_return_int,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, int ret),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, ret),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(int, ret)
),
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->ret = ret;
),
TP_printk(LOCAL_PR_FMT " - %d", LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->ret)
);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: Check for queued frames before entering power save. In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing. If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly helps in improving the average throughput. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-06 14:11:10 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_return_bool,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, bool ret),
TP_ARGS(local, ret),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(bool, ret)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->ret = ret;
),
TP_printk(LOCAL_PR_FMT " - %s", LOCAL_PR_ARG, (__entry->ret) ?
"true" : "false")
);
mac80211: export the expected throughput Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each driver can implement its own version based on the RC algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo). The API returns a value expressed in Kbps. Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an implementation of this API for both minstrel and minstrel_ht). The related member in the station_info object is now filled accordingly when dumping a station. Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-20 03:53:20 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_return_u32,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 ret),
TP_ARGS(local, ret),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u32, ret)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->ret = ret;
),
TP_printk(LOCAL_PR_FMT " - %u", LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->ret)
);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_return_u64,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u64 ret),
TP_ARGS(local, ret),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u64, ret)
),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->ret = ret;
),
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_printk(LOCAL_PR_FMT " - %llu", LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->ret)
);
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, drv_start,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
mac80211: Framework to get wifi-driver stats via ethtool. This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional stats for the ethtool API. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-24 03:50:31 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_u32_evt, drv_get_et_strings,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 sset),
TP_ARGS(local, sset)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_u32_evt, drv_get_et_sset_count,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 sset),
TP_ARGS(local, sset)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, drv_get_et_stats,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local)
);
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-04 21:37:29 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, drv_suspend,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, drv_resume,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local)
);
cfg80211/mac80211: enable proper device_set_wakeup_enable handling In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed. Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-04 21:05:25 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_wakeup,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, bool enabled),
TP_ARGS(local, enabled),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(bool, enabled)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->enabled = enabled;
),
TP_printk(LOCAL_PR_FMT " enabled:%d", LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->enabled)
);
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, drv_stop,
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_addr_evt, drv_add_interface,
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 18:35:58 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_change_interface,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 20:58:23 +08:00
enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p),
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 18:35:58 +08:00
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 20:58:23 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, type, p2p),
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 18:35:58 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u32, new_type)
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 20:58:23 +08:00
__field(bool, new_p2p)
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 18:35:58 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->new_type = type;
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 20:58:23 +08:00
__entry->new_p2p = p2p;
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 18:35:58 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 20:58:23 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " new type:%d%s",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->new_type,
__entry->new_p2p ? "/p2p" : ""
mac80211: support runtime interface type changes Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface type even when the interface is UP, if the driver supports it. To achieve this * add a new driver callback for switching, * split some of the interface up/down code out into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and * maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will not be set during interface type, so that any other code doesn't use the interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 18:35:58 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_addr_evt, drv_remove_interface,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_config,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
u32 changed),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, changed),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u32, changed)
mac80211: log more data when tracing Enable logging of more configuration data when tracing is enabled. Except for the channel frequency this is only useful with the binary trace format, but that can be recorded and replayed with trace-cmd and I will be working on a plugin that reports all the information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 02:07:20 +08:00
__field(u32, flags)
__field(int, power_level)
__field(int, dynamic_ps_timeout)
__field(u16, listen_interval)
__field(u8, long_frame_max_tx_count)
__field(u8, short_frame_max_tx_count)
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 23:26:57 +08:00
CHANDEF_ENTRY
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 20:37:02 +08:00
__field(int, smps)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->changed = changed;
mac80211: log more data when tracing Enable logging of more configuration data when tracing is enabled. Except for the channel frequency this is only useful with the binary trace format, but that can be recorded and replayed with trace-cmd and I will be working on a plugin that reports all the information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 02:07:20 +08:00
__entry->flags = local->hw.conf.flags;
__entry->power_level = local->hw.conf.power_level;
__entry->dynamic_ps_timeout = local->hw.conf.dynamic_ps_timeout;
__entry->listen_interval = local->hw.conf.listen_interval;
mac80211: don't assume channel is set in tracing With the move to multi-channel and away from drv_config(), hw.conf.channel will not always be set, only for devices using the current API instead of the new channel context APIs. Check the channel is set before adding its frequency to the trace data. Also break some overly long lines in the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-26 20:27:39 +08:00
__entry->long_frame_max_tx_count =
local->hw.conf.long_frame_max_tx_count;
__entry->short_frame_max_tx_count =
local->hw.conf.short_frame_max_tx_count;
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 23:26:57 +08:00
CHANDEF_ASSIGN(&local->hw.conf.chandef)
mac80211: enable spatial multiplexing powersave Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode. Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that just logs the requested mode. For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only, and let you toggle the requested mode at any time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 20:37:02 +08:00
__entry->smps = local->hw.conf.smps_mode;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: Use a cfg80211_chan_def in ieee80211_hw_conf_chan Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel, nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [fix kernel-doc] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-25 23:26:57 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT " ch:%#x" CHANDEF_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->changed, CHANDEF_PR_ARG
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_bss_info_changed,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 03:30:31 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
u32 changed),
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 03:30:31 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, info, changed),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
mac80211: complete bss_info tracing Some fields have been added but were missed in tracing, add them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 17:38:30 +08:00
__field(u32, changed)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__field(bool, assoc)
mac80211: complete bss_info tracing Some fields have been added but were missed in tracing, add them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 17:38:30 +08:00
__field(bool, ibss_joined)
__field(bool, ibss_creator)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__field(u16, aid)
__field(bool, cts)
__field(bool, shortpre)
__field(bool, shortslot)
mac80211: complete bss_info tracing Some fields have been added but were missed in tracing, add them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 17:38:30 +08:00
__field(bool, enable_beacon)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__field(u8, dtimper)
__field(u16, bcnint)
__field(u16, assoc_cap)
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really is needed is synchronisation between some device time and the TSF. To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This is intentionally not using the mactime field since that is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the device timestamp. Also, since we have the information and it's useful even before the connection has been established, give all the timing details to the driver before authenticating. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-23 04:13:05 +08:00
__field(u64, sync_tsf)
__field(u32, sync_device_ts)
mac80211: introduce beacon-only timing data In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT in the driver, add the ability to use timing data from beacons only with the new hardware flag IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the timing data came from a beacon. The data can only come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received before association it is updated later together with the DTIM count notification. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-06 00:48:40 +08:00
__field(u8, sync_dtim_count)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__field(u32, basic_rates)
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 21:56:15 +08:00
__array(int, mcast_rate, NUM_NL80211_BANDS)
mac80211: log more data when tracing Enable logging of more configuration data when tracing is enabled. Except for the channel frequency this is only useful with the binary trace format, but that can be recorded and replayed with trace-cmd and I will be working on a plugin that reports all the information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 02:07:20 +08:00
__field(u16, ht_operation_mode)
ftrace: Rework event_create_dir() Rework event_create_dir() to use an array of static data instead of function pointers where possible. The problem is that it would call the function pointer on module load before parse_args(), possibly even before jump_labels were initialized. Luckily the generated functions don't use jump_labels but it still seems fragile. It also gets in the way of changing when we make the module map executable. The generated function are basically calling trace_define_field() with a bunch of static arguments. So instead of a function, capture these arguments in a static array, avoiding the function call. Now there are a number of cases where the fields are dynamic (syscall arguments, kprobes and uprobes), in which case a static array does not work, for these we preserve the function call. Luckily all these cases are not related to modules and so we can retain the function call for them. Also fix up all broken tracepoint definitions that now generate a compile error. Tested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Tested-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Reviewed-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org> Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de> Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com> Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20191111132458.342979914@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2019-10-25 04:26:59 +08:00
__field(s32, cqm_rssi_thold)
__field(s32, cqm_rssi_hyst)
__field(u32, channel_width)
__field(u32, channel_cfreq1)
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__field(u32, channel_cfreq1_offset)
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not and give the driver the total number of addresses instead of the length of the list so it can make its own decision. Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 23:39:07 +08:00
__dynamic_array(u32, arp_addr_list,
info->arp_addr_cnt > IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN ?
IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN :
ftrace: Rework event_create_dir() Rework event_create_dir() to use an array of static data instead of function pointers where possible. The problem is that it would call the function pointer on module load before parse_args(), possibly even before jump_labels were initialized. Luckily the generated functions don't use jump_labels but it still seems fragile. It also gets in the way of changing when we make the module map executable. The generated function are basically calling trace_define_field() with a bunch of static arguments. So instead of a function, capture these arguments in a static array, avoiding the function call. Now there are a number of cases where the fields are dynamic (syscall arguments, kprobes and uprobes), in which case a static array does not work, for these we preserve the function call. Luckily all these cases are not related to modules and so we can retain the function call for them. Also fix up all broken tracepoint definitions that now generate a compile error. Tested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Tested-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Reviewed-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org> Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de> Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com> Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20191111132458.342979914@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2019-10-25 04:26:59 +08:00
info->arp_addr_cnt)
__field(int, arp_addr_cnt)
__field(bool, qos)
__field(bool, idle)
__field(bool, ps)
__dynamic_array(u8, ssid, info->ssid_len)
__field(bool, hidden_ssid)
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 16:59:25 +08:00
__field(int, txpower)
mac80211: add P2P NoA settings Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> [fix docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-21 22:47:56 +08:00
__field(u8, p2p_oppps_ctwindow)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->changed = changed;
__entry->aid = info->aid;
__entry->assoc = info->assoc;
mac80211: complete bss_info tracing Some fields have been added but were missed in tracing, add them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 17:38:30 +08:00
__entry->ibss_joined = info->ibss_joined;
__entry->ibss_creator = info->ibss_creator;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__entry->shortpre = info->use_short_preamble;
__entry->cts = info->use_cts_prot;
__entry->shortslot = info->use_short_slot;
mac80211: complete bss_info tracing Some fields have been added but were missed in tracing, add them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 17:38:30 +08:00
__entry->enable_beacon = info->enable_beacon;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__entry->dtimper = info->dtim_period;
__entry->bcnint = info->beacon_int;
__entry->assoc_cap = info->assoc_capability;
mac80211: add time synchronisation with BSS for assoc Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really is needed is synchronisation between some device time and the TSF. To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This is intentionally not using the mactime field since that is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the device timestamp. Also, since we have the information and it's useful even before the connection has been established, give all the timing details to the driver before authenticating. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-23 04:13:05 +08:00
__entry->sync_tsf = info->sync_tsf;
__entry->sync_device_ts = info->sync_device_ts;
mac80211: introduce beacon-only timing data In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT in the driver, add the ability to use timing data from beacons only with the new hardware flag IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the timing data came from a beacon. The data can only come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received before association it is updated later together with the DTIM count notification. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-06 00:48:40 +08:00
__entry->sync_dtim_count = info->sync_dtim_count;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__entry->basic_rates = info->basic_rates;
mac80211: complete bss_info tracing Some fields have been added but were missed in tracing, add them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 17:38:30 +08:00
memcpy(__entry->mcast_rate, info->mcast_rate,
sizeof(__entry->mcast_rate));
mac80211: log more data when tracing Enable logging of more configuration data when tracing is enabled. Except for the channel frequency this is only useful with the binary trace format, but that can be recorded and replayed with trace-cmd and I will be working on a plugin that reports all the information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 02:07:20 +08:00
__entry->ht_operation_mode = info->ht_operation_mode;
mac80211: complete bss_info tracing Some fields have been added but were missed in tracing, add them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 17:38:30 +08:00
__entry->cqm_rssi_thold = info->cqm_rssi_thold;
__entry->cqm_rssi_hyst = info->cqm_rssi_hyst;
mac80211: convert to channel definition struct Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a little bit) to the new channel definition struct. This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is currently restricted to channel contexts since there are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the channel context API, I won't convert the previous API to VHT support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-09 18:39:59 +08:00
__entry->channel_width = info->chandef.width;
__entry->channel_cfreq1 = info->chandef.center_freq1;
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__entry->channel_cfreq1_offset = info->chandef.freq1_offset;
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not and give the driver the total number of addresses instead of the length of the list so it can make its own decision. Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 23:39:07 +08:00
__entry->arp_addr_cnt = info->arp_addr_cnt;
mac80211: complete bss_info tracing Some fields have been added but were missed in tracing, add them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 17:38:30 +08:00
memcpy(__get_dynamic_array(arp_addr_list), info->arp_addr_list,
mac80211: remove ARP filter enable/disable logic Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not and give the driver the total number of addresses instead of the length of the list so it can make its own decision. Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 23:39:07 +08:00
sizeof(u32) * (info->arp_addr_cnt > IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN ?
IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN :
info->arp_addr_cnt));
mac80211: complete bss_info tracing Some fields have been added but were missed in tracing, add them now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 17:38:30 +08:00
__entry->qos = info->qos;
__entry->idle = info->idle;
__entry->ps = info->ps;
memcpy(__get_dynamic_array(ssid), info->ssid, info->ssid_len);
__entry->hidden_ssid = info->hidden_ssid;
mac80211: handle TX power per virtual interface Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a single global TX power limit was already problematic, in particular if two managed interfaces connected to two APs with different power constraints. The channel context introduction completely broke this though and in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there for drivers using channel contexts. Change everything to track TX power per interface so that different user settings and different channel maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking the global TX power though for compatibility with applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's TX power globally. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-24 16:59:25 +08:00
__entry->txpower = info->txpower;
mac80211: add P2P NoA settings Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode. Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com> [fix docs] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-21 22:47:56 +08:00
__entry->p2p_oppps_ctwindow = info->p2p_noa_attr.oppps_ctwindow;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " changed:%#x",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->changed
)
);
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 22:16:53 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_prepare_multicast,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, int mc_count),
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 22:16:53 +08:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, mc_count),
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 22:16:53 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(int, mc_count)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->mc_count = mc_count;
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT " prepare mc (%d)",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->mc_count
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 22:16:53 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_configure_filter,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
unsigned int changed_flags,
unsigned int *total_flags,
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 22:16:53 +08:00
u64 multicast),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 22:16:53 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, changed_flags, total_flags, multicast),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(unsigned int, changed)
__field(unsigned int, total)
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 22:16:53 +08:00
__field(u64, multicast)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->changed = changed_flags;
__entry->total = *total_flags;
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 22:16:53 +08:00
__entry->multicast = multicast;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 22:16:53 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT " changed:%#x total:%#x",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->changed, __entry->total
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: introduce per vif frame registration API Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev. Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel devices. Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register() Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-16 03:39:50 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_config_iface_filter,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
unsigned int filter_flags,
unsigned int changed_flags),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, filter_flags, changed_flags),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(unsigned int, filter_flags)
__field(unsigned int, changed_flags)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->filter_flags = filter_flags;
__entry->changed_flags = changed_flags;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT
" filter_flags: %#x changed_flags: %#x",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->filter_flags,
__entry->changed_flags
)
);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_tim,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool set),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sta, set),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(bool, set)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->set = set;
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " set:%d",
mac80211: Fix incorrect use of STA_PR_FMT in trace points Several tracepoints are using STA_PR_FMT where STA_PR_ARG should be used, resulting in messages like "phy0 sta:ARG TYPE NOT FIELD BUT 1". Change these to STA_PR_ARG. Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-16 03:15:48 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->set
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_key,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 03:30:31 +08:00
enum set_key_cmd cmd, struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
struct ieee80211_key_conf *key),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, cmd, sdata, sta, key),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
KEY_ENTRY
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
KEY_ASSIGN(key);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT KEY_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, KEY_PR_ARG
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_update_tkip_key,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 18:40:47 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 18:40:47 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 iv32),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 18:40:47 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, conf, sta, iv32),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 18:40:47 +08:00
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__field(u32, iv32)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 18:40:47 +08:00
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__entry->iv32 = iv32;
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 18:40:47 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " iv32:%#x",
mac80211: fix checkpatch errors Fix a number of different checkpatch errors. Signed-off-by: Weilong Chen <chenweilong@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-18 15:44:16 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->iv32
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 22:09:36 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_hw_scan,
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 22:09:36 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: add cancel_hw_scan() callback When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(), which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however, this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver is going into suspend). Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel(). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-13 17:47:30 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_cancel_hw_scan,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 22:09:36 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_sched_scan_start,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 22:09:36 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_sched_scan_stop,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-13 04:24:31 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_sw_scan_start,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
const u8 *mac_addr),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, mac_addr),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__array(char, mac_addr, ETH_ALEN)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
memcpy(__entry->mac_addr, mac_addr, ETH_ALEN);
),
TP_printk(LOCAL_PR_FMT ", " VIF_PR_FMT ", addr:%pM",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->mac_addr)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-13 04:24:31 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_sw_scan_complete,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_get_stats,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats,
int ret),
TP_ARGS(local, stats, ret),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(int, ret)
__field(unsigned int, ackfail)
__field(unsigned int, rtsfail)
__field(unsigned int, fcserr)
__field(unsigned int, rtssucc)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->ret = ret;
__entry->ackfail = stats->dot11ACKFailureCount;
__entry->rtsfail = stats->dot11RTSFailureCount;
__entry->fcserr = stats->dot11FCSErrorCount;
__entry->rtssucc = stats->dot11RTSSuccessCount;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " ret:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->ret
)
);
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_get_key_seq,
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
struct ieee80211_key_conf *key),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, key),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
KEY_ENTRY
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
KEY_ASSIGN(key);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-21 00:12:41 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT KEY_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, KEY_PR_ARG
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_u32_evt, drv_set_frag_threshold,
mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-08 17:51:06 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 value),
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, value)
mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-08 17:51:06 +08:00
);
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_u32_evt, drv_set_rts_threshold,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 value),
mac80211: add a couple of trace event classes to reduce duplicated code The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code. Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and drv_set_rts_threshold(). Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-09 19:40:06 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, value)
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-22 05:50:48 +08:00
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_coverage_class,
mac80211: extend set_coverage_class signature Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1 to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-05 05:57:41 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, s16 value),
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-22 05:50:48 +08:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, value),
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-22 05:50:48 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
mac80211: extend set_coverage_class signature Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1 to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-05 05:57:41 +08:00
__field(s16, value)
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-22 05:50:48 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->value = value;
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT " value:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->value
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_sta_notify,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 03:30:31 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
enum sta_notify_cmd cmd,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 03:30:31 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, cmd, sta),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u32, cmd)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->cmd = cmd;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " cmd:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->cmd
)
);
mac80211: add sta_state callback (based on Eliad's patch) Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever the state of a station changes. The driver is only notified when the station is actually in the mac80211 hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions. To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST state. This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in handling it when a station is inserted, particularly in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry around for mac80211 purposes. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-20 20:55:21 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_sta_state,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta, old_state, new_state),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u32, old_state)
__field(u32, new_state)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->old_state = old_state;
__entry->new_state = new_state;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " state: %d->%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG,
__entry->old_state, __entry->new_state
)
);
mac80211: store tx power value from user to station This patch introduce a new driver callback drv_sta_set_txpwr. This API will copy the transmit power value passed from user space and call the driver callback to set the tx power for the station. Co-developed-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-03-29 18:49:09 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_sta_set_txpwr,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(s16, txpwr)
__field(u8, type)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->txpwr = sta->txpwr.power;
__entry->type = sta->txpwr.type;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " txpwr: %d type %d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG,
__entry->txpwr, __entry->type
)
);
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-30 14:43:32 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_sta_rc_update,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
u32 changed),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta, changed),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u32, changed)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->changed = changed;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " changed: 0x%x",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->changed
)
);
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-05 05:39:17 +08:00
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(sta_event,
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 20:59:58 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 20:59:58 +08:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta),
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 20:59:58 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 20:59:58 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: allow drivers to provide most station statistics In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211. Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"), that can be added if it turns out to be needed. This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be implemented using sta_statistics(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-17 18:35:23 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(sta_event, drv_sta_statistics,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta)
);
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-05 05:39:17 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(sta_event, drv_sta_add,
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 20:59:58 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-05 05:39:17 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta)
);
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 20:59:58 +08:00
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-05 05:39:17 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(sta_event, drv_sta_remove,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta)
);
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 20:59:58 +08:00
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-05 05:39:17 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(sta_event, drv_sta_pre_rcu_remove,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta)
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 20:59:58 +08:00
);
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-03 05:46:14 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(sta_event, drv_sync_rx_queues,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta)
);
mac80211: notify drivers on sta rate table changes This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 07:10:42 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(sta_event, drv_sta_rate_tbl_update,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta)
);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_conf_tx,
mac80211: save tx params per sdata save and configure tx param per sdata, rather than per hardware. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-26 01:06:54 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this. Also verify that the AC number given is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-28 17:04:24 +08:00
u16 ac, const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this. Also verify that the AC number given is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-28 17:04:24 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, ac, params),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
mac80211: save tx params per sdata save and configure tx param per sdata, rather than per hardware. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-26 01:06:54 +08:00
VIF_ENTRY
cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this. Also verify that the AC number given is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-28 17:04:24 +08:00
__field(u16, ac)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__field(u16, txop)
__field(u16, cw_min)
__field(u16, cw_max)
__field(u8, aifs)
mac80211: save tx params per sdata save and configure tx param per sdata, rather than per hardware. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-26 01:06:54 +08:00
__field(bool, uapsd)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
mac80211: save tx params per sdata save and configure tx param per sdata, rather than per hardware. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-26 01:06:54 +08:00
VIF_ASSIGN;
cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this. Also verify that the AC number given is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-28 17:04:24 +08:00
__entry->ac = ac;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__entry->txop = params->txop;
__entry->cw_max = params->cw_max;
__entry->cw_min = params->cw_min;
__entry->aifs = params->aifs;
mac80211: save tx params per sdata save and configure tx param per sdata, rather than per hardware. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-26 01:06:54 +08:00
__entry->uapsd = params->uapsd;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this. Also verify that the AC number given is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-28 17:04:24 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " AC:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->ac
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 19:06:11 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_get_tsf,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_tsf,
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 19:06:11 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u64 tsf),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 19:06:11 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, tsf),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 19:06:11 +08:00
VIF_ENTRY
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__field(u64, tsf)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 19:06:11 +08:00
VIF_ASSIGN;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
__entry->tsf = tsf;
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 19:06:11 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " tsf:%llu",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, (unsigned long long)__entry->tsf
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: add offset_tsf driver op and use it for mesh This allows the mesh sync (and debugfs) code to make incremental TSF adjustments, avoiding any uncertainty introduced by delay in programming absolute TSF. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-29 07:56:28 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_offset_tsf,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
s64 offset),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, offset),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(s64, tsf_offset)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->tsf_offset = offset;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " tsf offset:%lld",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG,
(unsigned long long)__entry->tsf_offset
)
);
mac80211: add ieee80211_vif param to tsf functions TSF can be kept per vif. Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory. Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 19:06:11 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_reset_tsf,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, drv_tx_last_beacon,
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 16:56:20 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_ampdu_action,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-26 03:30:31 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 22:06:04 +08:00
struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 22:06:04 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, params),
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas The entire aggregation code currently operates on the hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step preparing for that make the aggregation code callable with the station, or by the combination of virtual interface and station address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 19:00:38 +08:00
VIF_ENTRY
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 22:06:04 +08:00
AMPDU_ACTION_ENTRY
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
mac80211: convert aggregation to operate on vifs/stas The entire aggregation code currently operates on the hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step preparing for that make the aggregation code callable with the station, or by the combination of virtual interface and station address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 19:00:38 +08:00
VIF_ASSIGN;
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 22:06:04 +08:00
AMPDU_ACTION_ASSIGN;
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 22:06:04 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT AMPDU_ACTION_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, AMPDU_ACTION_PR_ARG
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 20:15:32 +08:00
mac80211: add basic tracing to drv_get_survey Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-30 02:51:23 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_get_survey,
mac80211: tracing: avoid 'idx' variable This variable shadows something that gets generated inside the tracing macros, which causes sparse to warn. Avoid it so sparse output is more readable, even if it doesn't seem to cause any trouble. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-11-09 18:10:47 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, int _idx,
mac80211: add basic tracing to drv_get_survey Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-30 02:51:23 +08:00
struct survey_info *survey),
mac80211: tracing: avoid 'idx' variable This variable shadows something that gets generated inside the tracing macros, which causes sparse to warn. Avoid it so sparse output is more readable, even if it doesn't seem to cause any trouble. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-11-09 18:10:47 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, _idx, survey),
mac80211: add basic tracing to drv_get_survey Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-30 02:51:23 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(int, idx)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
mac80211: tracing: avoid 'idx' variable This variable shadows something that gets generated inside the tracing macros, which causes sparse to warn. Avoid it so sparse output is more readable, even if it doesn't seem to cause any trouble. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-11-09 18:10:47 +08:00
__entry->idx = _idx;
mac80211: add basic tracing to drv_get_survey Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-30 02:51:23 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " idx:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->idx
)
);
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 20:15:32 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_flush,
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 19:11:00 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
u32 queues, bool drop),
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 20:15:32 +08:00
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 19:11:00 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, queues, drop),
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 20:15:32 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(bool, drop)
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 19:11:00 +08:00
__field(u32, queues)
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 20:15:32 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->drop = drop;
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 19:11:00 +08:00
__entry->queues = queues;
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 20:15:32 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 19:11:00 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT " queues:0x%x drop:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->queues, __entry->drop
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 20:15:32 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 22:20:57 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_channel_switch,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: allow channel switch with multiple channel contexts Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine. Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in use. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:40 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 22:20:57 +08:00
struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch),
mac80211: allow channel switch with multiple channel contexts Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine. Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in use. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:40 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, ch_switch),
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 22:20:57 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
mac80211: allow channel switch with multiple channel contexts Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine. Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in use. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:40 +08:00
VIF_ENTRY
mac80211: support secondary channel offset in CSA Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling of CSA on HT access points. For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular, the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-26 01:29:27 +08:00
CHANDEF_ENTRY
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 22:20:57 +08:00
__field(u64, timestamp)
mac80211: add device_timestamp to the ieee80211_channel_switch struct Some devices may need the device timestamp in order to synchronize the channel switch. To pass this value back to the driver, add it to the channel switch structure and copy the device_timestamp value received in the rx info structure into it. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:35 +08:00
__field(u32, device_timestamp)
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 22:20:57 +08:00
__field(bool, block_tx)
__field(u8, count)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
mac80211: allow channel switch with multiple channel contexts Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine. Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in use. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:40 +08:00
VIF_ASSIGN;
mac80211: support secondary channel offset in CSA Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling of CSA on HT access points. For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular, the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-26 01:29:27 +08:00
CHANDEF_ASSIGN(&ch_switch->chandef)
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 22:20:57 +08:00
__entry->timestamp = ch_switch->timestamp;
mac80211: add device_timestamp to the ieee80211_channel_switch struct Some devices may need the device timestamp in order to synchronize the channel switch. To pass this value back to the driver, add it to the channel switch structure and copy the device_timestamp value received in the rx info structure into it. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:35 +08:00
__entry->device_timestamp = ch_switch->device_timestamp;
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 22:20:57 +08:00
__entry->block_tx = ch_switch->block_tx;
__entry->count = ch_switch->count;
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: allow channel switch with multiple channel contexts Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine. Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in use. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:40 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " new " CHANDEF_PR_FMT " count:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, CHANDEF_PR_ARG, __entry->count
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 22:20:57 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: Add antenna configuration Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it. We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 11:50:56 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_antenna,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant, int ret),
TP_ARGS(local, tx_ant, rx_ant, ret),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u32, tx_ant)
__field(u32, rx_ant)
__field(int, ret)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->tx_ant = tx_ant;
__entry->rx_ant = rx_ant;
__entry->ret = ret;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " tx_ant:%d rx_ant:%d ret:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->tx_ant, __entry->rx_ant, __entry->ret
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_get_antenna,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant, int ret),
TP_ARGS(local, tx_ant, rx_ant, ret),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u32, tx_ant)
__field(u32, rx_ant)
__field(int, ret)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->tx_ant = tx_ant;
__entry->rx_ant = rx_ant;
__entry->ret = ret;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " tx_ant:%d rx_ant:%d ret:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->tx_ant, __entry->rx_ant, __entry->ret
)
);
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_remain_on_channel,
mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif to roc on (mainly in order to configure the rx filters correctly). Add the vif to the op params, and update the current users (iwlwifi) to use the new api. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> [fix hwsim] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 23:05:09 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 15:34:13 +08:00
unsigned int duration,
enum ieee80211_roc_type type),
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 15:34:13 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, chan, duration, type),
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif to roc on (mainly in order to configure the rx filters correctly). Add the vif to the op params, and update the current users (iwlwifi) to use the new api. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> [fix hwsim] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 23:05:09 +08:00
VIF_ENTRY
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
__field(int, center_freq)
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__field(int, freq_offset)
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
__field(unsigned int, duration)
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 15:34:13 +08:00
__field(u32, type)
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif to roc on (mainly in order to configure the rx filters correctly). Add the vif to the op params, and update the current users (iwlwifi) to use the new api. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> [fix hwsim] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 23:05:09 +08:00
VIF_ASSIGN;
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
__entry->center_freq = chan->center_freq;
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__entry->freq_offset = chan->freq_offset;
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
__entry->duration = duration;
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 15:34:13 +08:00
__entry->type = type;
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " freq:%d.%03dMHz duration:%dms type=%d",
mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif to roc on (mainly in order to configure the rx filters correctly). Add the vif to the op params, and update the current users (iwlwifi) to use the new api. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> [fix hwsim] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 23:05:09 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG,
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
__entry->center_freq, __entry->freq_offset,
__entry->duration, __entry->type
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: pass the vif to cancel_remain_on_channel This low level driver can find it useful to get the vif when a remain on channel session is cancelled. iwlwifi will need this soon. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190723180001.5828-1-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-07-24 02:00:01 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_cancel_remain_on_channel,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
);
mac80211: implement support for cfg80211_ops->{get,set}_ringparam Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-03-08 05:19:18 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_ringparam,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 tx, u32 rx),
TP_ARGS(local, tx, rx),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u32, tx)
__field(u32, rx)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->tx = tx;
__entry->rx = rx;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " tx:%d rx %d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->tx, __entry->rx
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_get_ringparam,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max,
u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max),
TP_ARGS(local, tx, tx_max, rx, rx_max),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u32, tx)
__field(u32, tx_max)
__field(u32, rx)
__field(u32, rx_max)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->tx = *tx;
__entry->tx_max = *tx_max;
__entry->rx = *rx;
__entry->rx_max = *rx_max;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " tx:%d tx_max %d rx %d rx_max %d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG,
__entry->tx, __entry->tx_max, __entry->rx, __entry->rx_max
)
);
mac80211: Check for queued frames before entering power save. In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing. If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly helps in improving the average throughput. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-06 14:11:10 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, drv_tx_frames_pending,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local)
);
mac80211: support direct offchannel TX offload For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes off-channel transmissions need to be handled by the device completely. To support this mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly to the driver and not through the TX path as the driver needs the frame and channel information at the same time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-02-25 22:36:57 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, drv_offchannel_tx_cancel_wait,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local)
);
mac80211: Add new API for rate selection This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware. This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the 11b rates in P2P operation. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-27 19:26:51 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_bitrate_mask,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, mask),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u32, legacy_2g)
__field(u32, legacy_5g)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 21:56:15 +08:00
__entry->legacy_2g = mask->control[NL80211_BAND_2GHZ].legacy;
__entry->legacy_5g = mask->control[NL80211_BAND_5GHZ].legacy;
mac80211: Add new API for rate selection This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware. This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the 11b rates in P2P operation. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-27 19:26:51 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " 2G Mask:0x%x 5G Mask:0x%x",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->legacy_2g, __entry->legacy_5g
)
);
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality from cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 22:35:41 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_rekey_data,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, data),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__array(u8, kek, NL80211_KEK_LEN)
__array(u8, kck, NL80211_KCK_LEN)
__array(u8, replay_ctr, NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
memcpy(__entry->kek, data->kek, NL80211_KEK_LEN);
memcpy(__entry->kck, data->kck, NL80211_KCK_LEN);
memcpy(__entry->replay_ctr, data->replay_ctr,
NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN);
),
TP_printk(LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG)
);
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-17 05:23:34 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_event_callback,
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 23:46:22 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: provide the vif in rssi_callback Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver about the interface teh rssi event relates to. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-20 23:32:41 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-17 05:23:34 +08:00
const struct ieee80211_event *_event),
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 23:46:22 +08:00
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-17 05:23:34 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, _event),
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 23:46:22 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
mac80211: provide the vif in rssi_callback Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver about the interface teh rssi event relates to. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-20 23:32:41 +08:00
VIF_ENTRY
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-17 05:23:34 +08:00
__field(u32, type)
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 23:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
mac80211: provide the vif in rssi_callback Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver about the interface teh rssi event relates to. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-20 23:32:41 +08:00
VIF_ASSIGN;
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-17 05:23:34 +08:00
__entry->type = _event->type;
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 23:46:22 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-17 05:23:34 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " event:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->type
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 23:46:22 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: explicitly notify drivers of frame release iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that station. Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that a single frame was going to be released whenever we encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since there could be more than a single frame. To support this model, add a new callback to notify drivers when frames are going to be released. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 22:04:38 +08:00
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(release_evt,
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 22:04:32 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
u16 tids, int num_frames,
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
bool more_data),
TP_ARGS(local, sta, tids, num_frames, reason, more_data),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u16, tids)
__field(int, num_frames)
__field(int, reason)
__field(bool, more_data)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->tids = tids;
__entry->num_frames = num_frames;
__entry->reason = reason;
__entry->more_data = more_data;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT
" TIDs:0x%.4x frames:%d reason:%d more:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->tids, __entry->num_frames,
__entry->reason, __entry->more_data
)
);
mac80211: explicitly notify drivers of frame release iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that station. Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that a single frame was going to be released whenever we encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since there could be more than a single frame. To support this model, add a new callback to notify drivers when frames are going to be released. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 22:04:38 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(release_evt, drv_release_buffered_frames,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
u16 tids, int num_frames,
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
bool more_data),
TP_ARGS(local, sta, tids, num_frames, reason, more_data)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(release_evt, drv_allow_buffered_frames,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
u16 tids, int num_frames,
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
bool more_data),
TP_ARGS(local, sta, tids, num_frames, reason, more_data)
);
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 18:41:55 +08:00
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(mgd_prepare_complete_tx_evt,
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 19:18:36 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: Support adding duration for prepare_tx() callback There are specific cases, such as SAE authentication exchange, that might require long duration to complete. For such cases, add support for indicating to the driver the required duration of the prepare_tx() operation, so the driver would still be able to complete the frame exchange. Currently, indicate the duration only for SAE authentication exchange, as SAE authentication can take up to 2000 msec (as defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmd D1.0 p. 3504). As the patch modified the prepare_tx() callback API, also modify the relevant code in iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-04-20 18:49:25 +08:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 18:41:55 +08:00
u16 duration, u16 subtype, bool success),
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 19:18:36 +08:00
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 18:41:55 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, duration, subtype, success),
mac80211: Support adding duration for prepare_tx() callback There are specific cases, such as SAE authentication exchange, that might require long duration to complete. For such cases, add support for indicating to the driver the required duration of the prepare_tx() operation, so the driver would still be able to complete the frame exchange. Currently, indicate the duration only for SAE authentication exchange, as SAE authentication can take up to 2000 msec (as defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmd D1.0 p. 3504). As the patch modified the prepare_tx() callback API, also modify the relevant code in iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-04-20 18:49:25 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u32, duration)
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 18:41:55 +08:00
__field(u16, subtype)
__field(u8, success)
mac80211: Support adding duration for prepare_tx() callback There are specific cases, such as SAE authentication exchange, that might require long duration to complete. For such cases, add support for indicating to the driver the required duration of the prepare_tx() operation, so the driver would still be able to complete the frame exchange. Currently, indicate the duration only for SAE authentication exchange, as SAE authentication can take up to 2000 msec (as defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmd D1.0 p. 3504). As the patch modified the prepare_tx() callback API, also modify the relevant code in iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-04-20 18:49:25 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->duration = duration;
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 18:41:55 +08:00
__entry->subtype = subtype;
__entry->success = success;
mac80211: Support adding duration for prepare_tx() callback There are specific cases, such as SAE authentication exchange, that might require long duration to complete. For such cases, add support for indicating to the driver the required duration of the prepare_tx() operation, so the driver would still be able to complete the frame exchange. Currently, indicate the duration only for SAE authentication exchange, as SAE authentication can take up to 2000 msec (as defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmd D1.0 p. 3504). As the patch modified the prepare_tx() callback API, also modify the relevant code in iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-04-20 18:49:25 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 18:41:55 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " duration: %u, subtype:0x%x, success:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->duration,
__entry->subtype, __entry->success
mac80211: Support adding duration for prepare_tx() callback There are specific cases, such as SAE authentication exchange, that might require long duration to complete. For such cases, add support for indicating to the driver the required duration of the prepare_tx() operation, so the driver would still be able to complete the frame exchange. Currently, indicate the duration only for SAE authentication exchange, as SAE authentication can take up to 2000 msec (as defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmd D1.0 p. 3504). As the patch modified the prepare_tx() callback API, also modify the relevant code in iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-04-20 18:49:25 +08:00
)
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 19:18:36 +08:00
);
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 18:41:55 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(mgd_prepare_complete_tx_evt, drv_mgd_prepare_tx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u16 duration, u16 subtype, bool success),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, duration, subtype, success)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(mgd_prepare_complete_tx_evt, drv_mgd_complete_tx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u16 duration, u16 subtype, bool success),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, duration, subtype, success)
);
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-11 22:18:27 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_mgd_protect_tdls_discover,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 20:37:17 +08:00
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(local_chanctx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx),
TP_ARGS(local, ctx),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
CHANCTX_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
CHANCTX_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT CHANCTX_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, CHANCTX_PR_ARG
)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_chanctx, drv_add_chanctx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx),
TP_ARGS(local, ctx)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_chanctx, drv_remove_chanctx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx),
TP_ARGS(local, ctx)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_change_chanctx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx,
u32 changed),
TP_ARGS(local, ctx, changed),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
CHANCTX_ENTRY
__field(u32, changed)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
CHANCTX_ASSIGN;
__entry->changed = changed;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT CHANCTX_PR_FMT " changed:%#x",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, CHANCTX_PR_ARG, __entry->changed
)
);
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 19:33:12 +08:00
#if !defined(__TRACE_VIF_ENTRY)
#define __TRACE_VIF_ENTRY
struct trace_vif_entry {
enum nl80211_iftype vif_type;
bool p2p;
char vif_name[IFNAMSIZ];
} __packed;
struct trace_chandef_entry {
u32 control_freq;
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
u32 freq_offset;
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 19:33:12 +08:00
u32 chan_width;
u32 center_freq1;
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
u32 freq1_offset;
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 19:33:12 +08:00
u32 center_freq2;
} __packed;
struct trace_switch_entry {
struct trace_vif_entry vif;
struct trace_chandef_entry old_chandef;
struct trace_chandef_entry new_chandef;
} __packed;
#define SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(to, from) local_vifs[i].to = vifs[i].from
#endif
TRACE_EVENT(drv_switch_vif_chanctx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
int n_vifs, enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode),
TP_ARGS(local, vifs, n_vifs, mode),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(int, n_vifs)
__field(u32, mode)
__dynamic_array(u8, vifs,
sizeof(struct trace_switch_entry) * n_vifs)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->n_vifs = n_vifs;
__entry->mode = mode;
{
struct trace_switch_entry *local_vifs =
__get_dynamic_array(vifs);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < n_vifs; i++) {
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata;
sdata = container_of(vifs[i].vif,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data,
vif);
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(vif.vif_type, vif->type);
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(vif.p2p, vif->p2p);
strncpy(local_vifs[i].vif.vif_name,
sdata->name,
sizeof(local_vifs[i].vif.vif_name));
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(old_chandef.control_freq,
old_ctx->def.chan->center_freq);
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(old_chandef.freq_offset,
old_ctx->def.chan->freq_offset);
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 19:33:12 +08:00
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(old_chandef.chan_width,
old_ctx->def.width);
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(old_chandef.center_freq1,
old_ctx->def.center_freq1);
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(old_chandef.freq1_offset,
old_ctx->def.freq1_offset);
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 19:33:12 +08:00
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(old_chandef.center_freq2,
old_ctx->def.center_freq2);
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(new_chandef.control_freq,
new_ctx->def.chan->center_freq);
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(new_chandef.freq_offset,
new_ctx->def.chan->freq_offset);
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 19:33:12 +08:00
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(new_chandef.chan_width,
new_ctx->def.width);
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(new_chandef.center_freq1,
new_ctx->def.center_freq1);
mac80211: handle channel frequency offset cfg80211_chan_def and ieee80211_channel recently gained a frequency offset component. Handle this where it makes sense (potentially required by S1G channels). For IBSS, TDLS, CSA, and ROC we return -EOPNOTSUPP if a channel with frequency offset is passed, since they may or may not work. Once someone tests and verifies these commands work on thos types of channels, we can remove that error. join_ocb and join_mesh look harmless because they use a simple ieee80211_vif_use_channel(), which is using an already verified channel, so we let those through. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-02 09:18:04 +08:00
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(new_chandef.freq1_offset,
new_ctx->def.freq1_offset);
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 19:33:12 +08:00
SWITCH_ENTRY_ASSIGN(new_chandef.center_freq2,
new_ctx->def.center_freq2);
}
}
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " n_vifs:%d mode:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->n_vifs, __entry->mode
)
);
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 20:37:17 +08:00
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(local_sdata_chanctx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, ctx),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
CHANCTX_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
CHANCTX_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT CHANCTX_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, CHANCTX_PR_ARG
)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_chanctx, drv_assign_vif_chanctx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, ctx)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_chanctx, drv_unassign_vif_chanctx,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, ctx)
);
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 21:44:42 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_start_ap,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, info),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u8, dtimper)
__field(u16, bcnint)
ftrace: Rework event_create_dir() Rework event_create_dir() to use an array of static data instead of function pointers where possible. The problem is that it would call the function pointer on module load before parse_args(), possibly even before jump_labels were initialized. Luckily the generated functions don't use jump_labels but it still seems fragile. It also gets in the way of changing when we make the module map executable. The generated function are basically calling trace_define_field() with a bunch of static arguments. So instead of a function, capture these arguments in a static array, avoiding the function call. Now there are a number of cases where the fields are dynamic (syscall arguments, kprobes and uprobes), in which case a static array does not work, for these we preserve the function call. Luckily all these cases are not related to modules and so we can retain the function call for them. Also fix up all broken tracepoint definitions that now generate a compile error. Tested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Tested-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Reviewed-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org> Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de> Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com> Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20191111132458.342979914@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2019-10-25 04:26:59 +08:00
__dynamic_array(u8, ssid, info->ssid_len)
__field(bool, hidden_ssid)
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 21:44:42 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->dtimper = info->dtim_period;
__entry->bcnint = info->beacon_int;
memcpy(__get_dynamic_array(ssid), info->ssid, info->ssid_len);
__entry->hidden_ssid = info->hidden_ssid;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG
)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_stop_ap,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: replace restart_complete() with reconfig_complete() Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order to know when frames can be passed to mac80211). Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(), and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type. Update the current users with the new prototype. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 17:43:54 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_reconfig_complete,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type),
TP_ARGS(local, reconfig_type),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u8, reconfig_type)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->reconfig_type = reconfig_type;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " reconfig_type:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->reconfig_type
)
mac80211: call driver method when restart completes When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op in the driver when the restart completes, so it could keep its own state about the restart and clear it there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-07 02:18:13 +08:00
);
mac80211: allow drivers to access IPv6 information To be able to implement NS response offloading (in regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces. Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the driver when addresses change. Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is more flexible. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 22:14:34 +08:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_ipv6_addr_change,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
#endif
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-20 00:48:41 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_join_ibss,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, info),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u8, dtimper)
__field(u16, bcnint)
ftrace: Rework event_create_dir() Rework event_create_dir() to use an array of static data instead of function pointers where possible. The problem is that it would call the function pointer on module load before parse_args(), possibly even before jump_labels were initialized. Luckily the generated functions don't use jump_labels but it still seems fragile. It also gets in the way of changing when we make the module map executable. The generated function are basically calling trace_define_field() with a bunch of static arguments. So instead of a function, capture these arguments in a static array, avoiding the function call. Now there are a number of cases where the fields are dynamic (syscall arguments, kprobes and uprobes), in which case a static array does not work, for these we preserve the function call. Luckily all these cases are not related to modules and so we can retain the function call for them. Also fix up all broken tracepoint definitions that now generate a compile error. Tested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Tested-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Reviewed-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org> Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de> Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com> Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20191111132458.342979914@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2019-10-25 04:26:59 +08:00
__dynamic_array(u8, ssid, info->ssid_len)
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-20 00:48:41 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->dtimper = info->dtim_period;
__entry->bcnint = info->beacon_int;
memcpy(__get_dynamic_array(ssid), info->ssid, info->ssid_len);
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG
)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_leave_ibss,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: export the expected throughput Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each driver can implement its own version based on the RC algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo). The API returns a value expressed in Kbps. Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an implementation of this API for both minstrel and minstrel_ht). The related member in the station_info object is now filled accordingly when dumping a station. Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-20 03:53:20 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_get_expected_throughput,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
TP_ARGS(sta),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
STA_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
STA_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
STA_PR_FMT, STA_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:14 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_start_nan,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, conf),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u8, master_pref)
cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense. The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the default bit and other bits are set at the same time. To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported. This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements to "bands", to make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 21:00:34 +08:00
__field(u8, bands)
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:14 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->master_pref = conf->master_pref;
cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense. The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the default bit and other bits are set at the same time. To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported. This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements to "bands", to make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 21:00:34 +08:00
__entry->bands = conf->bands;
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:14 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT
cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense. The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the default bit and other bits are set at the same time. To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported. This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements to "bands", to make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 21:00:34 +08:00
", master preference: %u, bands: 0x%0x",
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:14 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->master_pref,
cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense. The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the default bit and other bits are set at the same time. To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported. This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements to "bands", to make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 21:00:34 +08:00
__entry->bands
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:14 +08:00
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_stop_nan,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:19 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_nan_change_conf,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
u32 changes),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, conf, changes),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u8, master_pref)
cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense. The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the default bit and other bits are set at the same time. To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported. This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements to "bands", to make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 21:00:34 +08:00
__field(u8, bands)
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:19 +08:00
__field(u32, changes)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->master_pref = conf->master_pref;
cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense. The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the default bit and other bits are set at the same time. To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported. This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements to "bands", to make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 21:00:34 +08:00
__entry->bands = conf->bands;
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:19 +08:00
__entry->changes = changes;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT
cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense. The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the default bit and other bits are set at the same time. To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported. This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements to "bands", to make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 21:00:34 +08:00
", master preference: %u, bands: 0x%0x, changes: 0x%x",
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:19 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->master_pref,
cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense. The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the default bit and other bits are set at the same time. To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported. This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements to "bands", to make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 21:00:34 +08:00
__entry->bands, __entry->changes
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:19 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 22:31:20 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_add_nan_func,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
const struct cfg80211_nan_func *func),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, func),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u8, type)
__field(u8, inst_id)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->type = func->type;
__entry->inst_id = func->instance_id;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT
", type: %u, inst_id: %u",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->type, __entry->inst_id
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_del_nan_func,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u8 instance_id),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, instance_id),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u8, instance_id)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->instance_id = instance_id;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT
", instance_id: %u",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->instance_id
)
);
mac80211: allow drivers to use peer measurement API There's nothing much for mac80211 to do, so only pass through the requests with minimal checks and tracing. The driver must call cfg80211's results APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-10-16 17:24:47 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_start_pmsr,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_abort_pmsr,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
/*
* Tracing for API calls that drivers call.
*/
TRACE_EVENT(api_start_tx_ba_session,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid),
TP_ARGS(sta, tid),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
STA_ENTRY
__field(u16, tid)
),
TP_fast_assign(
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->tid = tid;
),
TP_printk(
STA_PR_FMT " tid:%d",
STA_PR_ARG, __entry->tid
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(api_start_tx_ba_cb,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata, const u8 *ra, u16 tid),
TP_ARGS(sdata, ra, tid),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
VIF_ENTRY
__array(u8, ra, ETH_ALEN)
__field(u16, tid)
),
TP_fast_assign(
VIF_ASSIGN;
memcpy(__entry->ra, ra, ETH_ALEN);
__entry->tid = tid;
),
TP_printk(
VIF_PR_FMT " ra:%pM tid:%d",
VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->ra, __entry->tid
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(api_stop_tx_ba_session,
mac80211: clean up ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session There's no sense in letting anything but internal mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT is only valid when we have received a frame from the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211. The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-27 20:41:07 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid),
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
mac80211: clean up ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session There's no sense in letting anything but internal mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT is only valid when we have received a frame from the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211. The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-27 20:41:07 +08:00
TP_ARGS(sta, tid),
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
STA_ENTRY
__field(u16, tid)
),
TP_fast_assign(
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->tid = tid;
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: clean up ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session There's no sense in letting anything but internal mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT is only valid when we have received a frame from the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211. The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-27 20:41:07 +08:00
STA_PR_FMT " tid:%d",
STA_PR_ARG, __entry->tid
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(api_stop_tx_ba_cb,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata, const u8 *ra, u16 tid),
TP_ARGS(sdata, ra, tid),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
VIF_ENTRY
__array(u8, ra, ETH_ALEN)
__field(u16, tid)
),
TP_fast_assign(
VIF_ASSIGN;
memcpy(__entry->ra, ra, ETH_ALEN);
__entry->tid = tid;
),
TP_printk(
VIF_PR_FMT " ra:%pM tid:%d",
VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->ra, __entry->tid
)
);
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, api_restart_hw,
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local)
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
);
TRACE_EVENT(api_beacon_loss,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(sdata),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
VIF_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
VIF_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
VIF_PR_FMT,
VIF_PR_ARG
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(api_connection_loss,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(sdata),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
VIF_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
VIF_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
VIF_PR_FMT,
VIF_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: support driver-based disconnect with reconnect hint Support the driver indicating that a disconnection needs to be performed, and pass through the reconnect hint in this case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201206145305.5c8dab7a22a0.I58459fdf6968b16c90cab9c574f0f04ca22b0c79@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-12-06 20:54:43 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_disconnect,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata, bool reconnect),
TP_ARGS(sdata, reconnect),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
VIF_ENTRY
__field(int, reconnect)
),
TP_fast_assign(
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->reconnect = reconnect;
),
TP_printk(
VIF_PR_FMT " reconnect:%d",
VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->reconnect
)
);
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_cqm_rssi_notify,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time (parameter is 0). Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-25 19:43:40 +08:00
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
s32 rssi_level),
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
mac80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time (parameter is 0). Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-25 19:43:40 +08:00
TP_ARGS(sdata, rssi_event, rssi_level),
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
TP_STRUCT__entry(
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u32, rssi_event)
mac80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time (parameter is 0). Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-25 19:43:40 +08:00
__field(s32, rssi_level)
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
),
TP_fast_assign(
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->rssi_event = rssi_event;
mac80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time (parameter is 0). Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-25 19:43:40 +08:00
__entry->rssi_level = rssi_level;
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
),
TP_printk(
mac80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time (parameter is 0). Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-25 19:43:40 +08:00
VIF_PR_FMT " event:%d rssi:%d",
VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->rssi_event, __entry->rssi_level
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
)
);
cfg80211: clean up beacon loss CQM event Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly, but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet. Move the event to its own function call internally and to its own event attribute in nl80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-26 19:42:02 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, api_cqm_beacon_loss_notify,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_scan_completed,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, bool aborted),
TP_ARGS(local, aborted),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(bool, aborted)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->aborted = aborted;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " aborted:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->aborted
)
);
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 22:09:36 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_sched_scan_results,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT, LOCAL_PR_ARG
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(api_sched_scan_stopped,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT, LOCAL_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_sta_block_awake,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool block),
TP_ARGS(local, sta, block),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(bool, block)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->block = block;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " block:%d",
mac80211: Fix incorrect use of STA_PR_FMT in trace points Several tracepoints are using STA_PR_FMT where STA_PR_ARG should be used, resulting in messages like "phy0 sta:ARG TYPE NOT FIELD BUT 1". Change these to STA_PR_ARG. Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-16 03:15:48 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->block
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 22:20:57 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_chswitch_done,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata, bool success),
TP_ARGS(sdata, success),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
VIF_ENTRY
__field(bool, success)
),
TP_fast_assign(
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->success = success;
),
TP_printk(
VIF_PR_FMT " success=%d",
VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->success
)
);
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, api_ready_on_channel,
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local)
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
);
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_only_evt, api_remain_on_channel_expired,
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
mac80211: use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS For events that include only the local struct as their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS and save quite some binary size across segments as well lines of code. text data bss dec hex filename 375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before 367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after -8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta Some more tracepoints with identical arguments could be combined like this but for now this is the one that benefits most. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-26 16:22:15 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local)
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-19 00:20:47 +08:00
);
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality from cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 22:35:41 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_gtk_rekey_notify,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
const u8 *bssid, const u8 *replay_ctr),
TP_ARGS(sdata, bssid, replay_ctr),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
VIF_ENTRY
__array(u8, bssid, ETH_ALEN)
__array(u8, replay_ctr, NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN)
),
TP_fast_assign(
VIF_ASSIGN;
memcpy(__entry->bssid, bssid, ETH_ALEN);
memcpy(__entry->replay_ctr, replay_ctr, NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN);
),
TP_printk(VIF_PR_FMT, VIF_PR_ARG)
);
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 23:46:22 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_enable_rssi_reports,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
int rssi_min_thold, int rssi_max_thold),
TP_ARGS(sdata, rssi_min_thold, rssi_max_thold),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
VIF_ENTRY
__field(int, rssi_min_thold)
__field(int, rssi_max_thold)
),
TP_fast_assign(
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->rssi_min_thold = rssi_min_thold;
__entry->rssi_max_thold = rssi_max_thold;
),
TP_printk(
VIF_PR_FMT " rssi_min_thold =%d, rssi_max_thold = %d",
VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->rssi_min_thold, __entry->rssi_max_thold
)
);
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from the device, and to make use of that properly it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in the sense that it goes through the tasklet, the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe but doing it directly would cause reordering issues. This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going into an absence period without transmitting any frames that should be driver-released as in this case there's no other way to inform mac80211 that the service period ended. Note that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe functions another version of this function will be required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 22:04:39 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_eosp,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
TP_ARGS(local, sta),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT,
mac80211: Fix incorrect use of STA_PR_FMT in trace points Several tracepoints are using STA_PR_FMT where STA_PR_ARG should be used, resulting in messages like "phy0 sta:ARG TYPE NOT FIELD BUT 1". Change these to STA_PR_ARG. Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-16 03:15:48 +08:00
LOCAL_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG
mac80211: allow out-of-band EOSP notification iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from the device, and to make use of that properly it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in the sense that it goes through the tasklet, the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe but doing it directly would cause reordering issues. This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going into an absence period without transmitting any frames that should be driver-released as in this case there's no other way to inform mac80211 that the service period ended. Note that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe functions another version of this function will be required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 22:04:39 +08:00
)
);
mac80211: allow the driver to send EOSP when needed This can happen when the driver needs to send less frames than expected and then needs to close the SP. Mac80211 still needs to set the more_data properly based on its buffer state (ps_tx_buffer and buffered frames on other TIDs). To that end, refactor the code that delivers frames upon uAPSD trigger frames to be able to get only the more_data bit without actually delivering those frames in case the driver is just asking to set a NDP with EOSP and MORE_DATA bit properly set. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-11-17 16:24:36 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_send_eosp_nullfunc,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
u8 tid),
TP_ARGS(local, sta, tid),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u8, tid)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->tid = tid;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " tid:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->tid
)
);
mac80211: add tracing for ieee80211_sta_set_buffered This is useful for debugging issues with drivers using this function (erroneously), so add tracing for the API call. Change-Id: Ice9d7eabb8fecbac188f0a741920d3488de700ec Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-19 17:47:48 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_sta_set_buffered,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
u8 tid, bool buffered),
TP_ARGS(local, sta, tid, buffered),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u8, tid)
__field(bool, buffered)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->tid = tid;
__entry->buffered = buffered;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " tid:%d buffered:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->tid, __entry->buffered
)
);
mac80211: enhance tracing Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of callbacks that the drivers call, and also for internal calls (currently limited to queue status). This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211 in interaction with drivers, since we can now see what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls in the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 22:48:40 +08:00
/*
* Tracing for internal functions
* (which may also be called in response to driver calls)
*/
TRACE_EVENT(wake_queue,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u16 queue,
enum queue_stop_reason reason),
TP_ARGS(local, queue, reason),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u16, queue)
__field(u32, reason)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->queue = queue;
__entry->reason = reason;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " queue:%d, reason:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->queue, __entry->reason
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(stop_queue,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local, u16 queue,
enum queue_stop_reason reason),
TP_ARGS(local, queue, reason),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
__field(u16, queue)
__field(u32, reason)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
__entry->queue = queue;
__entry->reason = reason;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " queue:%d, reason:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, __entry->queue, __entry->reason
)
);
mac80211: trace debug messages It can be very useful to have all debug messages available when debugging, but hard to correlate between different sources, so add a trace event for all mac80211 debug messages. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-22 19:36:25 +08:00
mac80211: add op to configure default key id There are hardwares which support offload of data packets for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order to encrypt the packets correctly. When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP, the driver should get the default key index from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> [cleanups, fixes, documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-30 16:36:39 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_set_default_unicast_key,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
int key_idx),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, key_idx),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(int, key_idx)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->key_idx = key_idx;
),
TP_printk(LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " key_idx:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->key_idx)
);
mac80211: add radar detection command/event Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW. Once radar detection is started it should continuously monitor for radars as long as the channel active. If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar detected' event. Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa. Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-09 01:16:20 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(api_radar_detected,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local),
TP_ARGS(local),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT " radar detected",
LOCAL_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 22:09:06 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_channel_switch_beacon,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, chandef),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
CHANDEF_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
CHANDEF_ASSIGN(chandef);
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " channel switch to " CHANDEF_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, CHANDEF_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all interface types. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:37 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_pre_channel_switch,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, ch_switch),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
CHANDEF_ENTRY
__field(u64, timestamp)
mac80211: add device_timestamp to the drv_pre_channel_switch trace The device_timestamp value was left out of the event trace for drv_pre_channel_switch by mistake. Add it. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-07 21:28:34 +08:00
__field(u32, device_timestamp)
mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all interface types. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:37 +08:00
__field(bool, block_tx)
__field(u8, count)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
CHANDEF_ASSIGN(&ch_switch->chandef)
__entry->timestamp = ch_switch->timestamp;
mac80211: add device_timestamp to the drv_pre_channel_switch trace The device_timestamp value was left out of the event trace for drv_pre_channel_switch by mistake. Add it. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-07 21:28:34 +08:00
__entry->device_timestamp = ch_switch->device_timestamp;
mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all interface types. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:37 +08:00
__entry->block_tx = ch_switch->block_tx;
__entry->count = ch_switch->count;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " prepare channel switch to "
CHANDEF_PR_FMT " count:%d block_tx:%d timestamp:%llu",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, CHANDEF_PR_ARG, __entry->count,
__entry->block_tx, __entry->timestamp
)
);
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:38 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_post_channel_switch,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
mac80211: abort CSA if beacon does not include CSA IEs In case we receive a beacon without CSA IE while we are in the middle of channel switch - abort the operation. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 19:17:10 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_evt, drv_abort_channel_switch,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 14:48:38 +08:00
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: notify driver on subsequent CSA beacons Some drivers may want to track further the CSA beacons, for example to compensate for buggy APs that change the beacon count or quiet mode during CSA flow. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 19:17:15 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_channel_switch_rx_beacon,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, ch_switch),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
CHANDEF_ENTRY
__field(u64, timestamp)
__field(u32, device_timestamp)
__field(bool, block_tx)
__field(u8, count)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
CHANDEF_ASSIGN(&ch_switch->chandef)
__entry->timestamp = ch_switch->timestamp;
__entry->device_timestamp = ch_switch->device_timestamp;
__entry->block_tx = ch_switch->block_tx;
__entry->count = ch_switch->count;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT
" received a channel switch beacon to "
CHANDEF_PR_FMT " count:%d block_tx:%d timestamp:%llu",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, CHANDEF_PR_ARG, __entry->count,
__entry->block_tx, __entry->timestamp
)
);
mac80211: add support for driver tx power reporting The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities, channel settings, antenna configuration, etc. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix tracing compilation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-26 06:32:53 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_get_txpower,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
int dbm, int ret),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, dbm, ret),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(int, dbm)
__field(int, ret)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
__entry->dbm = dbm;
__entry->ret = ret;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " dbm:%d ret:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->dbm, __entry->ret
)
);
mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211 ones for low-level drivers. Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before passing the command down. Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly removed. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-10 00:50:19 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_tdls_channel_switch,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta, oper_class, chandef),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u8, oper_class)
CHANDEF_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->oper_class = oper_class;
CHANDEF_ASSIGN(chandef)
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " tdls channel switch to"
CHANDEF_PR_FMT " oper_class:%d " STA_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, CHANDEF_PR_ARG, __entry->oper_class,
STA_PR_ARG
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_tdls_cancel_channel_switch,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT
" tdls cancel channel switch with " STA_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 22:09:06 +08:00
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-10 00:50:20 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_tdls_recv_channel_switch,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, params),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
__field(u8, action_code)
STA_ENTRY
CHANDEF_ENTRY
__field(u32, status)
__field(bool, peer_initiator)
__field(u32, timestamp)
__field(u16, switch_time)
__field(u16, switch_timeout)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_NAMED_ASSIGN(params->sta);
CHANDEF_ASSIGN(params->chandef)
__entry->peer_initiator = params->sta->tdls_initiator;
__entry->action_code = params->action_code;
__entry->status = params->status;
__entry->timestamp = params->timestamp;
__entry->switch_time = params->switch_time;
__entry->switch_timeout = params->switch_timeout;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT " received tdls channel switch packet"
" action:%d status:%d time:%d switch time:%d switch"
" timeout:%d initiator: %d chan:" CHANDEF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, __entry->action_code, __entry->status,
__entry->timestamp, __entry->switch_time,
__entry->switch_timeout, __entry->peer_initiator,
CHANDEF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-28 04:30:37 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_wake_tx_queue,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct txq_info *txq),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, txq),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u8, ac)
__field(u8, tid)
),
TP_fast_assign(
struct ieee80211_sta *sta = txq->txq.sta;
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->ac = txq->txq.ac;
__entry->tid = txq->txq.tid;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " ac:%d tid:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->ac, __entry->tid
)
);
mac80211: support FTM responder configuration/statistics New bss param ftm_responder is used to notify the driver to enable fine timing request (FTM) responder role in AP mode. Plumb the new cfg80211 API for FTM responder statistics through to the driver API in mac80211. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-10-04 11:19:20 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_get_ftm_responder_stats,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, ftm_stats),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT,
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG
)
);
mac80211: rework tx encapsulation offload API The current API (which lets the driver turn on/off per vif directly) has a number of limitations: - it does not deal with AP_VLAN - conditions for enabling (no tkip, no monitor) are only checked at add_interface time - no way to indicate 4-addr support In order to address this, store offload flags in struct ieee80211_vif (easy to extend for decap offload later). mac80211 initially sets the enable flag, but gives the driver a chance to modify it before its settings are applied. In addition to the .add_interface op, a .update_vif_offload op is introduced, which can be used for runtime changes. If a driver can't disable encap offload at runtime, or if it has some extra limitations, it can simply override the flags within those ops. Support for encap offload with 4-address mode interfaces can be enabled by setting a flag from .add_interface or .update_vif_offload. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-6-nbd@nbd.name [resolved conflict with commit aa2092a9bab3 ("ath11k: add raw mode and software crypto support")] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-09-08 20:36:53 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(local_sdata_addr_evt, drv_update_vif_offload,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata)
);
mac80211: add rx decapsulation offload support This allows drivers to pass 802.3 frames to mac80211, with some restrictions: - the skb must be passed with a valid sta - fast-rx needs to be active for the sta - monitor mode needs to be disabled mac80211 will tell the driver when it is safe to enable rx decap offload for a particular station. In order to implement support, a driver must: - call ieee80211_hw_set(hw, SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD) - implement ops->sta_set_decap_offload - mark 802.3 frames with RX_FLAG_8023 If it doesn't want to enable offload for some vif types, it can mask out IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED in vif->offload_flags from within the .add_interface or .update_vif_offload driver ops Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-6-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-12-19 02:47:18 +08:00
DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS(sta_flag_evt,
mac80211: notify the driver when a sta uses 4-address mode This is needed for encapsulation offload of 4-address mode packets Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-14-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-09-08 20:37:01 +08:00
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta, enabled),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
VIF_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(bool, enabled)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
VIF_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->enabled = enabled;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT VIF_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " enabled:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, VIF_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->enabled
)
);
mac80211: add rx decapsulation offload support This allows drivers to pass 802.3 frames to mac80211, with some restrictions: - the skb must be passed with a valid sta - fast-rx needs to be active for the sta - monitor mode needs to be disabled mac80211 will tell the driver when it is safe to enable rx decap offload for a particular station. In order to implement support, a driver must: - call ieee80211_hw_set(hw, SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD) - implement ops->sta_set_decap_offload - mark 802.3 frames with RX_FLAG_8023 If it doesn't want to enable offload for some vif types, it can mask out IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED in vif->offload_flags from within the .add_interface or .update_vif_offload driver ops Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-6-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-12-19 02:47:18 +08:00
DEFINE_EVENT(sta_flag_evt, drv_sta_set_4addr,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta, enabled)
);
DEFINE_EVENT(sta_flag_evt, drv_sta_set_decap_offload,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled),
TP_ARGS(local, sdata, sta, enabled)
);
mac80211: introduce individual TWT support in AP mode Introduce TWT action frames parsing support to mac80211. Currently just individual TWT agreement are support in AP mode. Whenever the AP receives a TWT action frame from an associated client, after performing sanity checks, it will notify the underlay driver with requested parameters in order to check if they are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement. The driver is expected to set the agreement result and report it to mac80211. Drivers supporting this have two new callbacks: - add_twt_setup (mandatory) - twt_teardown_request (optional) mac80211 will send an action frame reply according to the result reported by the driver. Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/257512f2e22ba42b9f2624942a128dd8f141de4b.1629741512.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [use le16p_replace_bits(), minor cleanups, use (void *) casts, fix to use ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap() correctly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-08-24 02:02:39 +08:00
TRACE_EVENT(drv_add_twt_setup,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
struct ieee80211_twt_setup *twt,
struct ieee80211_twt_params *twt_agrt),
TP_ARGS(local, sta, twt, twt_agrt),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u8, dialog_token)
__field(u8, control)
__field(__le16, req_type)
__field(__le64, twt)
__field(u8, duration)
__field(__le16, mantissa)
__field(u8, channel)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->dialog_token = twt->dialog_token;
__entry->control = twt->control;
__entry->req_type = twt_agrt->req_type;
__entry->twt = twt_agrt->twt;
__entry->duration = twt_agrt->min_twt_dur;
__entry->mantissa = twt_agrt->mantissa;
__entry->channel = twt_agrt->channel;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT
" token:%d control:0x%02x req_type:0x%04x"
" twt:%llu duration:%d mantissa:%d channel:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->dialog_token,
__entry->control, le16_to_cpu(__entry->req_type),
le64_to_cpu(__entry->twt), __entry->duration,
le16_to_cpu(__entry->mantissa), __entry->channel
)
);
TRACE_EVENT(drv_twt_teardown_request,
TP_PROTO(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 flowid),
TP_ARGS(local, sta, flowid),
TP_STRUCT__entry(
LOCAL_ENTRY
STA_ENTRY
__field(u8, flowid)
),
TP_fast_assign(
LOCAL_ASSIGN;
STA_ASSIGN;
__entry->flowid = flowid;
),
TP_printk(
LOCAL_PR_FMT STA_PR_FMT " flowid:%d",
LOCAL_PR_ARG, STA_PR_ARG, __entry->flowid
)
);
mac80211: fix spare warnings in driver-trace.h This patch fixes the following errors: driver-trace.h:148:1: error: cannot size expression driver-trace.h:148:1: error: cannot size expression [...] driver-trace.h:222:1: error: cannot size expression driver-trace.h:71:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<) driver-trace.h:71:1: left side has type void *<noident> driver-trace.h:71:1: right side has type int driver-trace.h:99:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<) driver-trace.h:99:1: left side has type void *<noident> driver-trace.h:99:1: right side has type int driver-trace.h:148:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<) driver-trace.h:148:1: left side has type void *<noident> driver-trace.h:148:1: right side has type int driver-trace.h:222:1: error: cannot size expression driver-trace.h:248:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<) driver-trace.h:248:1: left side has type void *<noident> driver-trace.h:248:1: right side has type int driver-trace.h:446:1: error: incompatible types for operation (<) driver-trace.h:446:1: left side has type void *<noident> driver-trace.h:446:1: right side has type int Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-20 05:21:07 +08:00
#endif /* !__MAC80211_DRIVER_TRACE || TRACE_HEADER_MULTI_READ */
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
#undef TRACE_INCLUDE_PATH
#define TRACE_INCLUDE_PATH .
#undef TRACE_INCLUDE_FILE
mac80211: rename driver-trace file This file will contain more soon, so rename it to just trace. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-22 18:55:52 +08:00
#define TRACE_INCLUDE_FILE trace
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 19:46:22 +08:00
#include <trace/define_trace.h>
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink